1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type,
57 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
58 file_ptr offset, size_t align);
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
71 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
72 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
73 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
74 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
75 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
76 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
77 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
85 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
103 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
104 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
125 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
126 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
127 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
128 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
129 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
137 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
153 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
154 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
155 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
156 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
157 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
181 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
189 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
200 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
205 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
208 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h & 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
225 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
226 unsigned long h = 5381;
229 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
230 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
231 return h & 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
242 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
243 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
246 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
247 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
249 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
252 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
253 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
260 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
262 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
263 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
268 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
270 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
271 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
273 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
274 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
278 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
280 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
281 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
283 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
285 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
287 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
288 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
291 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
292 if (shstrtab == NULL)
294 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
295 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
296 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
298 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
299 in case the string table is not terminated. */
300 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
301 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
302 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL)
304 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
306 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
308 bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab);
310 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
311 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
312 the string table over and over. */
313 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
316 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
317 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
319 return (char *) shstrtab;
323 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
324 unsigned int shindex,
325 unsigned int strindex)
327 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
332 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
335 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
337 if (hdr->contents == NULL)
339 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
341 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
342 /* xgettext:c-format */
343 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from"
344 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
349 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
353 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
355 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
357 /* xgettext:c-format */
358 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %Lu for section `%s'"),
359 abfd, strindex, hdr->sh_size,
360 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
362 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
366 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
369 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
370 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
371 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
372 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
373 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
374 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
375 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
378 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
379 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
382 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
384 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
386 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
388 const bfd_byte *esym;
389 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
390 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
392 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
393 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
394 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
399 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
405 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
407 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL)
409 elf_section_list * entry;
410 Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
412 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
413 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
416 if (entry->hdr.sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
419 if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr)
421 shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr;
426 if (shndx_hdr == NULL)
428 if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd))
429 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
430 shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr;
431 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
432 the index table will not be needed. */
436 /* Read the symbols. */
438 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
440 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
441 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
442 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * extsym_size;
443 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
444 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
446 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
447 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
449 if (extsym_buf == NULL
450 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
451 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
457 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
461 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
462 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
463 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
465 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
466 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
467 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
469 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
470 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
471 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
478 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
480 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
481 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
482 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
483 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
487 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
488 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
489 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
490 shndx = extshndx_buf;
492 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
493 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
495 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
496 /* xgettext:c-format */
497 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B symbol number %lu references"
498 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
499 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
500 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
507 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
509 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
510 free (alloc_extshndx);
515 /* Look up a symbol name. */
517 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
518 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
519 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
523 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
524 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
526 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
527 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
528 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
530 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
531 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
534 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
537 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
538 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
543 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
544 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
547 typedef union elf_internal_group {
548 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
550 } Elf_Internal_Group;
552 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
553 signature just a string? */
556 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
558 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
559 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
560 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
561 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
563 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
564 that it is a symbol table section. */
565 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
567 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
568 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
569 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
572 /* Go read the symbol. */
573 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
574 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
575 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
578 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
581 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
584 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
586 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
588 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
589 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
592 unsigned int i, shnum;
594 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
595 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
596 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
599 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
600 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
601 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
602 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
603 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
605 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
607 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
609 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
615 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
616 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
617 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
621 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
622 so we can find them quickly. */
625 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
626 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
627 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
628 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
630 memset (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr, 0, num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
633 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
635 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
637 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
640 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
642 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
644 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
647 /* Add to list of sections. */
648 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
651 /* Read the raw contents. */
652 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
653 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
654 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
655 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
656 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
657 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
660 /* xgettext:c-format */
661 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section"
662 " header: %#Lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
668 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
670 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
671 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#Lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
680 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
681 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
682 contents to be used. */
683 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
687 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
688 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
689 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
691 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
692 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
700 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
701 if (src == shdr->contents)
704 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
705 shdr->bfd_section->flags
706 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
712 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd);
715 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
720 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
721 if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
723 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
725 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
728 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
729 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
731 (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
732 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
738 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
740 unsigned int search_offset = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset;
743 for (j = 0; j < num_group; j++)
745 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
746 unsigned i = (j + search_offset) % num_group;
748 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
749 Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
755 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
756 if (idx == NULL || shdr->sh_size < 4)
758 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
759 /* xgettext:c-format */
760 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: group section '%A' has no contents"),
761 abfd, shdr->bfd_section);
762 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i] = NULL;
763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
766 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
768 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
769 section is a member. */
771 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
775 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
776 other members to see if any others are linked via
778 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
779 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
781 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
782 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
786 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
787 insert current section in circular list. */
788 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
789 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
790 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
796 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
799 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
801 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
802 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
805 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
807 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
808 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
810 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset = i;
817 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
819 /* xgettext:c-format */
820 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no group info for section '%A'"),
828 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
831 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
832 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
835 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
836 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
838 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
839 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
841 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
842 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
843 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
844 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
847 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
848 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
849 bed->link_order_error_handler
850 /* xgettext:c-format */
851 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
856 asection *linksec = NULL;
858 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
860 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
861 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
865 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
866 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
870 /* xgettext:c-format */
871 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
872 s->owner, elfsec, s);
876 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
879 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP
880 && elf_next_in_group (s) == NULL)
883 /* xgettext:c-format */
884 (_("%B: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
885 abfd, elf_section_data (s)->this_idx);
890 /* Process section groups. */
891 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
894 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
896 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
897 Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
900 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
901 if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL)
904 /* xgettext:c-format */
905 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
911 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
912 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
918 if (idx->shdr == NULL)
920 else if (idx->shdr->bfd_section)
921 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
922 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA
923 && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
925 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
927 /* xgettext:c-format */
928 (_("%B: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%A]"),
931 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
932 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
945 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
947 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
951 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
953 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
954 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
955 if (new_name == NULL)
959 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
964 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
966 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
967 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
968 if (new_name == NULL)
971 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
975 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
976 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
979 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
980 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
986 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
988 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
991 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
995 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
996 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
997 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
999 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1000 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
1001 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
1003 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1005 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
1006 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
1007 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
1008 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
1011 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
1012 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
1013 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
1014 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
1016 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1019 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
1022 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
1023 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
1024 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
1026 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1028 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
1031 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
1033 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
1034 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
1035 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
1036 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
1038 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
1039 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
1040 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
1041 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1043 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
1045 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1046 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1047 if (name [0] == '.')
1052 p = ".debug", n = 6;
1053 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
1054 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
1055 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
1056 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1057 else if (name[1] == 'l')
1059 else if (name[1] == 's')
1061 else if (name[1] == 'z')
1062 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
1065 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
1066 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
1070 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1071 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1072 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1073 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1074 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1075 all but one of the sections. */
1076 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
1077 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
1078 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1080 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1081 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
1082 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
1085 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
1088 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1089 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1090 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1091 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
1095 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
1098 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size,
1099 hdr->sh_offset, hdr->sh_addralign);
1103 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1105 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
1106 unsigned int i, nload;
1108 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1109 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1110 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1111 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1112 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1113 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1114 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
1116 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
1118 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
1121 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1122 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1124 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
1125 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
1126 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
1127 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
1129 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
1130 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1131 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
1133 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1134 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1135 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1136 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1137 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1138 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1139 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1140 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1141 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
1143 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1144 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1145 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1146 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1147 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1148 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1149 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1155 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1156 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1157 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1158 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1159 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1161 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1162 int compression_header_size;
1163 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size;
1164 bfd_boolean compressed
1165 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
1166 &compression_header_size,
1167 &uncompressed_size);
1171 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1172 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1173 action = decompress;
1176 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1177 section. Check if we should compress. */
1178 if (action == nothing)
1180 if (newsect->size != 0
1181 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
1182 && compression_header_size >= 0
1183 && uncompressed_size > 0
1185 || ((compression_header_size > 0)
1186 != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
1192 if (action == compress)
1194 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1197 /* xgettext:c-format */
1198 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1205 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1208 /* xgettext:c-format */
1209 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1215 if (abfd->is_linker_input)
1218 && (action == decompress
1219 || (action == compress
1220 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
1222 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1223 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1225 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
1226 if (new_name == NULL)
1228 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1232 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1233 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1234 newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
1240 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] =
1242 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1243 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1244 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1247 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1248 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1249 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1250 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1251 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1252 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1253 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1254 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1255 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1257 bfd_reloc_status_type
1258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1259 arelent *reloc_entry,
1261 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1262 asection *input_section,
1264 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1266 if (output_bfd != NULL
1267 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1268 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1269 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1271 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1272 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1275 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1278 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1279 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1280 should be the same. */
1283 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr * a,
1284 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * b)
1287 a->sh_type == b->sh_type
1288 && (a->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1289 == (b->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1290 && a->sh_addralign == b->sh_addralign
1291 && a->sh_size == b->sh_size
1292 && a->sh_entsize == b->sh_entsize
1293 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1297 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1298 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1299 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1300 to be the correct section. */
1303 find_link (const bfd *obfd, const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
1304 const unsigned int hint)
1306 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1309 BFD_ASSERT (iheader != NULL);
1311 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1312 if (hint < elf_numsections (obfd)
1313 && oheaders[hint] != NULL
1314 && section_match (oheaders[hint], iheader))
1317 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1319 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1321 if (oheader == NULL)
1323 if (section_match (oheader, iheader))
1324 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1325 multiple matches ? */
1332 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1333 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1334 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1337 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd,
1339 const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
1340 Elf_Internal_Shdr *oheader,
1341 const unsigned int secnum)
1343 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1344 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1345 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE;
1346 unsigned int sh_link;
1348 if (oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
1350 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1351 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1352 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1353 matched up with the original.
1355 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1356 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1357 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1358 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1359 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1360 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1361 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1362 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1363 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1364 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1365 without any contents. */
1366 if (oheader->sh_link == 0)
1367 oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link;
1368 if (oheader->sh_info == 0)
1369 oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info;
1373 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1374 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL
1375 && bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1376 (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader))
1379 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1380 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1381 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1382 in the input bfd. */
1383 if (iheader->sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1385 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1386 if (iheader->sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
1389 /* xgettext:c-format */
1390 (_("%B: Invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1391 ibfd, iheader->sh_link, secnum);
1395 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_link], iheader->sh_link);
1396 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1398 oheader->sh_link = sh_link;
1402 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1403 if we could not find a match ? */
1405 /* xgettext:c-format */
1406 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1409 if (iheader->sh_info)
1411 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1412 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1414 if (iheader->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK)
1416 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_info],
1418 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1419 oheader->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
1422 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1423 sh_link = iheader->sh_info;
1425 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1427 oheader->sh_info = sh_link;
1432 /* xgettext:c-format */
1433 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1439 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1443 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1445 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1446 Elf_Internal_Shdr **oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1447 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1450 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1451 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1454 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1456 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1457 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1460 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1462 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1463 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1464 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1466 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1467 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION])
1468 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]
1469 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION];
1471 /* Copy object attributes. */
1472 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1474 if (iheaders == NULL || oheaders == NULL)
1477 bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1479 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1480 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1483 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1485 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1486 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1487 files. See below for more details. */
1489 || (oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
1490 && oheader->sh_type < SHT_LOOS))
1493 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1494 fields have already been initialised. */
1495 if (oheader->sh_size == 0
1496 || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0))
1499 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1500 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1501 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1503 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1505 if (iheader == NULL)
1508 if (oheader->bfd_section != NULL
1509 && iheader->bfd_section != NULL
1510 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section != NULL
1511 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section == oheader->bfd_section)
1513 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1514 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1515 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1516 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1517 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1518 j = elf_numsections (ibfd);
1523 if (j < elf_numsections (ibfd))
1526 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1527 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1528 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1529 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1531 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1533 if (iheader == NULL)
1536 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1537 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1538 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1540 if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
1541 || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type)
1542 && (iheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1543 == (oheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1544 && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign
1545 && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize
1546 && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size
1547 && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr
1548 && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info
1549 || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link))
1551 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1556 if (j == elf_numsections (ibfd) && oheader->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS)
1558 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1559 with a NULL input section. */
1560 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL)
1561 bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, NULL, oheader);
1569 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1574 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1575 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1576 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1577 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1578 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1579 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1580 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1581 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1582 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1583 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1584 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1585 default: pt = NULL; break;
1590 /* Print out the program headers. */
1593 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1595 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1596 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1598 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1600 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1605 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1606 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1607 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1609 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1614 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1617 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1618 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1619 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1620 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1621 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1622 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1623 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1624 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1625 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1626 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1627 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1628 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1629 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1630 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1631 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1632 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1633 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1638 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1641 unsigned int elfsec;
1642 unsigned long shlink;
1643 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1645 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1647 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1649 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1652 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1653 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1655 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1657 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1658 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1661 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1662 if (s->size < extdynsize)
1664 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1665 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1667 for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
1669 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1670 const char *name = "";
1672 bfd_boolean stringp;
1673 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1675 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1677 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1684 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1685 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1687 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1689 sprintf (ab, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT "x", dyn.d_tag);
1694 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1695 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1696 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1697 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1698 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1699 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1700 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1701 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1702 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1703 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1704 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1705 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1706 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1707 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1708 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1709 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1710 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1711 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1712 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1713 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1714 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1715 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1716 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1717 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1718 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1719 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1720 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1721 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1722 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1723 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1724 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1725 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1726 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1727 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1728 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1729 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1730 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1731 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1732 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1733 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1734 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1735 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1736 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1737 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1738 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1739 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1740 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1741 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1742 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1743 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1744 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1745 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1746 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1747 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1748 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1749 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1750 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1751 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1754 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1758 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1763 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1765 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1768 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1777 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1778 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1780 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1784 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1786 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1788 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1789 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1791 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1792 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1793 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1794 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1796 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1799 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1803 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1809 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1811 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1813 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1814 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1816 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1818 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1819 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1820 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1821 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1822 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1823 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1835 /* Get version string. */
1838 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1839 bfd_boolean *hidden)
1841 const char *version_string = NULL;
1842 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1843 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1845 unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
1847 *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
1848 vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
1851 version_string = "";
1852 else if (vernum == 1)
1853 version_string = "Base";
1854 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1856 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1859 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1861 version_string = "";
1862 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1866 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1868 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1870 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1872 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1879 return version_string;
1882 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1885 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1888 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1890 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1893 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1894 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1896 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1897 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1898 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1899 fprintf (file, " %x", symbol->flags);
1901 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1903 const char *section_name;
1904 const char *name = NULL;
1905 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1906 unsigned char st_other;
1908 const char *version_string;
1911 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1913 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1914 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1915 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1919 name = symbol->name;
1920 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1923 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1924 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1925 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1926 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1927 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1928 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1929 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1931 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1932 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1934 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1935 version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
1941 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1946 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1947 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1952 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1953 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1958 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1959 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1960 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1962 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1964 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1967 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1973 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1975 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1978 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1980 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1981 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1982 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1984 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
1985 static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL;
1986 static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL;
1987 static unsigned int nesting = 0;
1989 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1994 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1995 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1996 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1997 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1998 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1999 can expect to recurse at least once.
2001 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2002 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2004 if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd)
2005 sections_being_created = NULL;
2006 if (sections_being_created == NULL)
2008 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
2009 sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *)
2010 bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean));
2011 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2013 if (sections_being_created [shindex])
2016 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
2019 sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE;
2022 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
2023 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
2024 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
2029 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2030 switch (hdr->sh_type)
2033 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2036 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
2037 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
2038 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
2039 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
2040 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
2041 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
2042 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
2043 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2044 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2045 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2048 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2049 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2052 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
2054 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2055 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2056 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
2059 case bfd_arch_sparc:
2060 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2061 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2063 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2068 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
2070 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
2072 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
2074 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2075 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2076 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2077 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2079 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
2080 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2084 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2086 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2087 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2089 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2090 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2092 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2100 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */
2101 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2104 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2107 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2109 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2111 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2112 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2113 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2118 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2119 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2120 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0)
2123 /* xgettext:c-format */
2124 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2125 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2129 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2130 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr;
2131 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2132 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2134 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2135 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2136 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2137 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2138 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2140 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
2141 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
2142 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2146 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2147 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2148 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2150 elf_section_list * entry;
2151 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2153 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2154 if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex)
2157 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2158 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2160 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2162 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2163 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2168 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
2170 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2172 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2173 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2178 ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
2179 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2183 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2184 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2187 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2190 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2192 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2195 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2196 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2197 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2202 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2203 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2204 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2207 /* xgettext:c-format */
2208 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2209 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2213 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2214 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
2215 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
2216 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2218 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2219 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2220 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2223 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2225 elf_section_list * entry;
2227 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2228 if (entry->ndx == shindex)
2231 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
2234 entry->ndx = shindex;
2236 entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
2237 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
2238 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr;
2242 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */
2243 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
2246 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
2248 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2249 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
2253 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2256 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
2257 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
2261 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2264 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2265 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
2266 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
2267 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2269 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2274 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2275 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2276 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2277 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
2279 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2281 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2282 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2284 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2285 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2287 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2290 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2292 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2294 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2295 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2299 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2304 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2306 asection *target_sect;
2307 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
2308 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2309 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
2312 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2313 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2316 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2317 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2320 /* xgettext:c-format */
2321 (_("%B: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2322 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex);
2323 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2328 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2329 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2330 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2331 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2332 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2333 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2334 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2336 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2337 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
2338 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2339 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2345 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2347 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2348 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2359 hdr->sh_link = found;
2362 /* Get the symbol table. */
2363 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2364 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2365 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2368 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2369 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2370 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2371 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2372 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2373 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2374 sh_link points to the null section. */
2375 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2376 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
2377 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2378 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2379 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2380 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2382 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2387 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2390 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2391 if (target_sect == NULL)
2394 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
2395 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2396 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
2398 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
2400 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2403 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
2408 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2409 target_sect->reloc_count += (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr)
2410 * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
2411 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2412 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2413 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2414 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2415 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2416 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2418 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2419 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
2421 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2425 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2426 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2427 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2428 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2431 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2432 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2435 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2436 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2437 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2440 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2441 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2442 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2443 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2450 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
2453 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2459 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2460 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2461 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
2463 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2465 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
2469 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2470 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2473 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2475 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2476 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2477 for applications? */
2479 /* xgettext:c-format */
2480 (_("%B: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2481 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2484 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2485 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2490 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2491 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2492 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2494 /* xgettext:c-format */
2495 (_("%B: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2496 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2497 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2499 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2500 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2501 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2502 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2503 be rejected with an error message. */
2505 /* xgettext:c-format */
2506 (_("%B: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2507 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2510 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2511 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2516 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2518 /* xgettext:c-format */
2519 (_("%B: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2520 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2528 if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd)
2529 sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE;
2530 if (-- nesting == 0)
2532 sections_being_created = NULL;
2533 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2538 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2541 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2543 unsigned long r_symndx)
2545 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2547 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2550 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2551 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2553 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2554 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2555 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2558 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2560 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2563 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2566 return &cache->sym[ent];
2569 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2573 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2575 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2577 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2580 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2582 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2583 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2586 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2588 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2589 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2592 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2594 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2595 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2596 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2597 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2598 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2599 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2600 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2601 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2602 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2603 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2604 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2605 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2606 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2607 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2610 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2612 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2613 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2614 { NULL, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2617 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2619 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2620 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2622 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2626 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2627 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2628 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2631 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2634 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2637 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2640 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2641 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2642 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2645 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2648 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2651 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2655 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2658 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2661 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2662 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2665 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2671 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2674 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2679 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2680 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2681 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2682 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2685 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2690 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2693 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2699 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2702 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2704 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2705 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2706 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2708 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2709 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2710 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2711 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2714 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2716 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2718 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2720 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2721 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2722 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2728 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2731 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2732 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2733 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2739 len = strlen (name);
2741 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2744 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2746 if (len < prefix_len)
2748 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2751 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2752 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2754 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2756 if (suffix_len == 0)
2758 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2759 && (suffix_len == -2
2760 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2766 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2768 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2769 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2779 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2780 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2783 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2784 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2786 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2787 if (sec->name == NULL)
2790 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2791 spec = bed->special_sections;
2794 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2795 bed->special_sections,
2801 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2804 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2805 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2808 spec = special_sections[i];
2813 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2817 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2819 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2820 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2821 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2823 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2826 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2830 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2833 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2834 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2835 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2837 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2838 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2839 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2840 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2841 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2842 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2843 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2844 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2845 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2846 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2847 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2849 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2852 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2853 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2854 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2856 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2857 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2861 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2864 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2866 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2867 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2868 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2869 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2871 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2872 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2873 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2874 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2875 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2876 of combined data+bss.
2878 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2879 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2880 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2881 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2882 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2887 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2888 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2890 const char *type_name)
2898 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2899 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2900 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2902 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2904 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2905 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2906 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2909 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2910 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2911 if (newsect == NULL)
2913 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2914 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2915 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2916 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2917 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2918 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2919 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2921 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2922 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2923 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2925 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2927 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2930 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2932 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2936 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2940 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2941 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2942 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2945 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2946 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2947 if (newsect == NULL)
2949 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2950 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2951 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2952 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2953 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2954 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2955 align = hdr->p_align;
2956 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2957 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2959 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2960 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2961 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2962 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2963 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2964 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2965 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2967 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2968 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2969 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2971 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2972 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2979 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2981 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2983 switch (hdr->p_type)
2986 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2995 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2998 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
3000 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz,
3006 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
3009 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
3011 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
3012 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
3016 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
3019 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
3022 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3023 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3024 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
3028 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3032 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
3034 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
3036 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
3037 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
3040 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
3044 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd,
3045 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
3046 const char *sec_name,
3047 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
3049 char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
3050 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name));
3054 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
3056 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
3058 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3064 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3065 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3066 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3070 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
3071 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
3072 const char *sec_name,
3073 bfd_boolean use_rela_p,
3074 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p)
3076 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
3077 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3079 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
3080 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*rel_hdr));
3081 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
3083 if (delay_st_name_p)
3084 rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3085 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name,
3088 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
3089 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
3090 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
3091 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
3092 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
3093 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3094 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3095 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3096 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3101 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3104 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
3106 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3107 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
3109 return SHT_PROGBITS;
3112 struct fake_section_arg
3114 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
3118 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3121 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
3123 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
3124 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3125 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
3126 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
3127 unsigned int sh_type;
3128 const char *name = asect->name;
3129 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE;
3133 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3138 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
3142 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3143 if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
3144 && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
3148 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3150 asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
3152 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3153 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3154 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3155 delay_st_name_p = TRUE;
3158 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
3160 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3161 if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
3163 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3164 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3168 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
3169 if (new_name == NULL)
3177 else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
3179 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3180 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3181 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3182 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3183 char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
3184 if (new_name == NULL)
3189 BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
3194 if (delay_st_name_p)
3195 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3199 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3201 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3208 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3210 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3211 || asect->user_set_vma)
3212 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
3214 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3216 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3217 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
3218 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3219 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3220 if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
3223 /* xgettext:c-format */
3224 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3225 abfd, asect->alignment_power, asect);
3229 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
3230 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3231 copy_private_section_data. */
3233 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
3234 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
3236 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3238 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
3239 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
3241 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
3243 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
3244 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3245 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
3246 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
3247 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3249 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3250 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3251 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3252 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3254 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
3255 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3258 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
3269 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
3270 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
3271 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
3272 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
3276 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
3280 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
3284 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
3288 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
3289 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3293 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
3294 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
3297 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3298 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
3301 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3302 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3303 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3304 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3306 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3307 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
3309 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
3310 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
3313 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3314 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3315 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3316 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3318 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3319 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
3321 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
3322 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
3326 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
3330 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
3334 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3335 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
3336 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3337 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
3338 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
3339 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
3340 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
3342 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
3343 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
3345 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
3346 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
3347 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
3348 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3349 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
3351 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
3352 if (asect->size == 0
3353 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3355 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
3357 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3360 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
3361 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
3362 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
3366 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
3367 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
3369 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3370 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3371 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3372 create the other. */
3373 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
3375 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3378 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3379 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
3380 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info)
3381 || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
3383 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
3384 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name,
3385 FALSE, delay_st_name_p))
3390 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
3391 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name,
3392 TRUE, delay_st_name_p))
3398 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
3400 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
3410 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3411 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
3412 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
3413 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
3419 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
3421 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3422 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3423 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3427 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3428 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3429 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3430 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3433 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
3435 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
3436 asection *elt, *first;
3440 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3442 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
3446 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
3448 unsigned long symindx = 0;
3450 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3452 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
3453 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
3457 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3458 elf_section_syms. */
3459 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
3460 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
3462 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
3464 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
3466 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3467 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3468 set until all local symbols are output. */
3470 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data;
3471 unsigned long symndx;
3472 unsigned long extsymoff;
3473 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3475 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3476 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3477 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3478 igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
3479 sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
3480 symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
3482 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
3484 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3486 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
3487 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3489 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
3490 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3491 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3492 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3494 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
3497 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3499 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3502 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
3504 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3505 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
3506 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3513 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
3515 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3516 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3517 start of the input section group. */
3518 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
3520 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3521 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3522 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3523 directives, not that it matters. */
3530 s = s->output_section;
3532 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
3534 struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (s);
3535 struct bfd_elf_section_data *input_elf_sec = elf_section_data (elt);
3537 if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
3539 || (input_elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
3540 && input_elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0))
3542 elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3544 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rel.idx, loc);
3546 if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
3548 || (input_elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
3549 && input_elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0))
3551 elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3553 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rela.idx, loc);
3556 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->this_idx, loc);
3558 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
3564 BFD_ASSERT (loc == sec->contents);
3566 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
3569 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3570 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3571 relocations apply. */
3574 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
3576 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3577 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3578 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
3579 && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3584 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3590 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3593 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3596 elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
3601 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3603 type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
3604 if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
3607 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3608 name = reloc_sec->name;
3609 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3612 if (type == SHT_RELA && *name++ != 'a')
3615 abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
3616 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3617 return bed->get_reloc_section (abfd, name);
3620 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3621 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3622 in here too, while we're at it. */
3625 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3627 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
3629 unsigned int section_number;
3630 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
3631 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
3632 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3636 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3638 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3639 if (link_info == NULL || !link_info->resolve_section_groups)
3641 size_t reloc_count = 0;
3643 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3644 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3646 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3648 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3650 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3652 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3653 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3654 abfd->section_count--;
3657 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3660 /* Count relocations. */
3661 reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
3664 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3665 if (reloc_count == 0)
3666 abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC;
3669 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3671 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3673 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3674 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3675 if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3676 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3679 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
3680 if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3681 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
3688 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
3689 if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3690 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
3696 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3697 || (link_info == NULL
3698 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3702 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
3703 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3704 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3706 elf_section_list * entry;
3708 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL);
3710 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
3711 entry->ndx = section_number++;
3712 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
3714 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3715 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3716 if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3719 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3720 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3723 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3724 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3725 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
3727 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3729 /* xgettext:c-format */
3730 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3731 abfd, section_number);
3735 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3736 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3738 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3740 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3741 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3742 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3745 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3746 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3747 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3749 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3753 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3755 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3758 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3759 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3761 elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
3762 BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL);
3763 i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr;
3764 entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3766 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3767 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3770 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3774 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3776 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3777 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3778 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3779 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3780 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3782 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3784 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3785 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3786 the relocation entries apply. */
3787 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3789 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3790 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3791 d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3793 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3795 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3796 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3797 d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3800 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3801 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3803 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3806 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3807 if (link_info != NULL)
3809 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3810 if (discarded_section (s))
3814 /* xgettext:c-format */
3815 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3816 " discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3817 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3819 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3820 size as the discarded one. */
3821 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3830 s = s->output_section;
3831 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3835 /* Handle objcopy. */
3836 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3839 /* xgettext:c-format */
3840 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3841 " removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3842 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3843 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3846 s = s->output_section;
3848 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3853 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3854 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3855 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3857 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3858 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3859 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3860 bed->link_order_error_handler
3861 /* xgettext:c-format */
3862 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3867 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3871 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3872 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3873 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3874 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3875 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3876 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3877 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3879 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3881 s = elf_get_reloc_section (sec);
3884 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3885 d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3890 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3891 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3892 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3893 field to point to this section. */
3894 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3895 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3900 len = strlen (sec->name);
3901 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3904 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3905 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3906 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3910 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3912 /* This is a .stab section. */
3913 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3914 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3915 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3922 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3923 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3924 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3925 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3927 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3929 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3932 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3933 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3934 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3935 the version strings. */
3936 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3937 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3939 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3944 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3945 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3946 this hash table or version table is for. */
3947 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3949 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3953 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3957 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3958 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3959 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3965 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3967 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3968 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3969 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3970 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3972 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3973 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3974 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3977 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3978 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3979 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3980 the beginning of that array.
3982 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3985 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3986 asymbol **syms, long symcount)
3988 long src_count, dst_count = 0;
3990 for (src_count = 0; src_count < symcount; src_count++)
3992 asymbol *sym = syms[src_count];
3993 char *name = (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
3994 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3996 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3999 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
4002 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4004 if (h->linker_def || h->ldscript_def)
4007 syms[dst_count++] = sym;
4010 syms[dst_count] = NULL;
4015 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4016 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4019 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
4021 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
4023 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
4026 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
4027 return ((type_ptr != NULL
4028 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
4029 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
4030 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
4031 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
4032 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
4033 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
4036 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4037 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4040 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
4042 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
4043 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
4044 asymbol **sect_syms;
4045 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
4046 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
4047 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
4048 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
4049 unsigned int max_index = 0;
4055 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4059 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4061 if (max_index < asect->index)
4062 max_index = asect->index;
4066 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
4067 if (sect_syms == NULL)
4069 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
4070 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
4072 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4073 decided to output. */
4074 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4076 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4078 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
4080 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
4081 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
4083 asection *sec = sym->section;
4085 if (sec->owner != abfd)
4086 sec = sec->output_section;
4088 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
4092 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4093 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4095 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
4097 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
4101 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4102 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4103 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4104 at least in that case. */
4105 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4107 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4109 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
4116 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4117 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
4118 sizeof (asymbol *));
4120 if (new_syms == NULL)
4123 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4125 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4128 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4129 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4130 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
4135 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4137 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4139 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4141 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
4144 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
4145 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4148 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4150 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4154 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
4156 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
4160 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4161 ELF data structure. */
4163 static inline file_ptr
4164 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
4166 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
4169 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4170 required section alignment. */
4173 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
4177 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
4178 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
4179 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
4180 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
4181 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
4182 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4183 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
4187 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4188 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4189 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4192 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
4193 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4195 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4196 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
4198 struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
4199 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
4200 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
4202 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
4205 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4206 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
4207 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
4209 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
4212 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4213 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
4215 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
4216 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
4217 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
4221 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
4224 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4225 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
4226 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
4227 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
4231 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4232 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
4234 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
4239 if (link_info == NULL)
4241 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
4246 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
4247 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4248 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
4249 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
4250 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
4251 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4252 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4253 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
4254 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
4255 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4256 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
4258 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
4264 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4266 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4268 hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4269 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4271 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL)
4273 hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
4274 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4275 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4276 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4279 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
4280 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4282 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4284 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4286 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4287 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
4289 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab);
4292 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
4297 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4298 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4300 static bfd_size_type
4301 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4305 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4307 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4308 and one for data. */
4311 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4312 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4314 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4315 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4316 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4321 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4323 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4327 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4329 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4333 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
4335 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4339 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4341 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4345 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4347 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4348 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4350 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4352 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4353 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4354 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4355 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4356 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4357 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4359 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4360 while (s->next != NULL
4361 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
4362 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4363 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
4368 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4370 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4372 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4378 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4380 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4382 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4383 unsigned int page_align_power = bfd_log2 (bed->commonpagesize);
4384 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4385 if (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
4387 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4391 /* xgettext:c-format */
4392 (_("%B: GNU_MBIN section `%A' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4393 abfd, s, elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4396 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4397 if (s->alignment_power < page_align_power)
4398 s->alignment_power = page_align_power;
4403 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4404 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4408 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
4414 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4417 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4420 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
4422 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4423 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4425 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4431 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4432 if (m->sections[i] == section)
4439 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4441 static struct elf_segment_map *
4442 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
4443 asection **sections,
4448 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4453 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4454 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4455 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4459 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
4460 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
4461 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
4462 m->count = to - from;
4464 if (from == 0 && phdr)
4466 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4467 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
4468 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4474 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4477 struct elf_segment_map *
4478 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
4480 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4482 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
4483 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
4487 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
4489 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
4494 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4497 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
4498 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4499 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
4501 struct elf_segment_map **m;
4502 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4504 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4505 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4506 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4507 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4509 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
4512 unsigned int i, new_count;
4514 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
4516 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4517 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4518 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4520 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
4524 (*m)->count = new_count;
4526 if (remove_empty_load
4527 && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD
4529 && !(*m)->includes_phdrs)
4535 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4536 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
4538 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
4545 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4548 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4551 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4552 asection **sections = NULL;
4553 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4554 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
4556 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
4559 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
4561 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
4565 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
4566 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
4569 unsigned int phdr_index;
4570 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4572 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4573 bfd_boolean writable;
4574 bfd_boolean executable;
4576 asection *first_tls = NULL;
4577 asection *first_mbind = NULL;
4578 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
4580 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
4581 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = FALSE;
4583 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4585 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
4586 sizeof (asection *));
4587 if (sections == NULL)
4590 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4591 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4593 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
4594 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4597 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4599 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4603 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4604 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4605 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4608 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
4611 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
4613 /* Build the mapping. */
4618 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4619 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4621 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4622 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4624 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4625 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4629 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
4631 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4632 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4633 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = TRUE;
4637 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4638 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4642 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
4650 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4651 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4652 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4656 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4657 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4658 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4659 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4660 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4664 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4666 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4669 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4670 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4671 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4672 program headers we will need. */
4675 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
4677 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4678 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
4679 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4680 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4681 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
4682 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
4683 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
4684 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
4686 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4687 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4688 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4689 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4690 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4691 force the inclusion if we can... */
4692 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
4693 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment)
4694 phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4696 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4700 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
4703 bfd_boolean new_segment;
4707 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4710 if (last_hdr == NULL)
4712 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4713 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4714 new_segment = FALSE;
4716 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
4718 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4719 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4723 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
4724 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
4726 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4727 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4730 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
4731 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4732 == (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
4734 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4735 pages onto the same memory page. */
4736 new_segment = FALSE;
4738 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4739 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4740 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4741 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4742 section can be included in the current segment. */
4743 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
4744 + maxpagesize > last_hdr->lma)
4745 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
4746 + maxpagesize <= hdr->lma))
4748 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4749 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4752 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
4753 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
4755 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4756 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4757 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4758 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4761 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
4763 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4764 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4765 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4766 new_segment = FALSE;
4768 else if (info != NULL
4769 && info->separate_code
4770 && executable != ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
4775 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4777 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4783 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4784 new_segment = FALSE;
4787 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4788 if (last_hdr != NULL
4790 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
4792 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
4798 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4800 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4803 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4804 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4805 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4806 last_size = hdr->size;
4812 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4813 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4815 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4822 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4827 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
4833 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4834 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4835 last_size = hdr->size;
4839 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4842 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4844 if (last_hdr != NULL
4845 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4846 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4847 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4849 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4857 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4860 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4867 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4868 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4869 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4870 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4871 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4873 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4875 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4876 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4881 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4882 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4883 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4885 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4886 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4887 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4888 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4894 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4895 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4899 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4903 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4904 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4907 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4908 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4912 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4918 if (first_mbind == NULL
4919 && (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0)
4923 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4926 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4927 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4928 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4933 m->count = tls_count;
4934 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4936 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4938 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4940 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
4943 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
4946 while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
4948 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
4950 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s);
4954 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s);
4957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4968 if (first_mbind && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4969 for (s = first_mbind; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4970 if ((elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0
4971 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4972 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM))
4974 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4975 unsigned long p_flags = PF_R;
4976 if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4978 if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4981 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *);
4982 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4986 m->p_type = (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
4987 + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4989 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4991 m->p_flags = p_flags;
4997 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4999 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
5000 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
5001 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5003 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5004 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5008 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
5010 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
5016 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
5018 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5019 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5023 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
5024 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
5025 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
5026 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
5027 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
5028 if (info->stacksize > 0)
5030 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
5031 m->p_size_valid = 1;
5038 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
5040 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
5042 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
5044 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
5045 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
5048 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
5049 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
5050 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
5053 if (i != (unsigned) -1)
5058 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5061 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5062 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5066 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
5073 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
5076 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
5079 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5081 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5086 if (sections != NULL)
5091 /* Sort sections by address. */
5094 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5096 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
5097 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
5098 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
5100 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5101 place the section into a segment. */
5102 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5104 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5107 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5108 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5109 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5111 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5114 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5116 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5122 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5123 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5124 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
5125 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5130 else if (TOEND (sec2))
5135 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5136 before others at the same address. */
5138 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
5139 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
5146 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5149 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5151 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5152 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5153 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5154 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5155 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5158 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5159 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5161 /* In other words, something like:
5163 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5164 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5165 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5166 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5168 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5170 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5173 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
5175 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5176 if (maxpagesize == 0)
5178 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
5182 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
5185 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
5190 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
5191 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5192 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
5193 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
5194 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5195 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
5197 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
5198 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
5202 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
5203 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
5204 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
5210 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
5215 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
5217 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
5220 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
5225 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5226 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5230 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5231 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5233 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5234 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5235 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5236 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5238 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
5239 unsigned int pt_load_count = 0;
5242 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
5244 if (link_info == NULL
5245 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
5249 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5253 header_pad = m->header_size;
5258 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5259 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5263 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5264 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
5265 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
5268 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
5270 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
5271 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5273 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
5274 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
5278 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5282 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5283 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5284 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5285 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5286 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5288 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5289 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5290 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5291 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
5293 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
5295 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
5296 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
5297 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
5302 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5303 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
5305 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5306 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5307 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
5313 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
5315 m = m->next, p++, j++)
5319 bfd_boolean no_contents;
5321 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5322 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5323 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5324 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5325 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5327 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
5328 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
5329 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
5332 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5333 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5334 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5335 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5336 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5337 p->p_type = m->p_type;
5338 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
5343 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5345 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
5346 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
5347 else if (m->count == 0)
5350 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5352 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5353 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5355 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5356 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5357 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5358 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5359 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5360 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5361 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5363 if (m->p_align_valid)
5364 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
5366 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
5369 else if (m->p_align_valid)
5370 p->p_align = m->p_align;
5371 else if (m->count == 0)
5372 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5376 no_contents = FALSE;
5378 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5381 bfd_size_type align;
5382 unsigned int align_power = 0;
5384 if (m->p_align_valid)
5388 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5390 unsigned int secalign;
5392 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
5393 if (secalign > align_power)
5394 align_power = secalign;
5396 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
5397 if (align < maxpagesize)
5398 align = maxpagesize;
5401 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5402 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
5403 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5404 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5405 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5406 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
5408 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5411 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5412 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
5414 no_contents = FALSE;
5418 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
5420 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5421 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5423 if (pt_load_count > 1
5424 && bed->no_page_alias
5425 && (off & (maxpagesize - 1)) != 0
5426 && (off & -maxpagesize) == ((off + off_adjust) & -maxpagesize))
5427 off_adjust += maxpagesize;
5431 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5432 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5433 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5434 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5435 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5436 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5437 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5438 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5443 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5444 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5445 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
5447 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
5450 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5451 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5453 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5456 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5457 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
5458 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5459 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
5465 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5467 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5469 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5470 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5473 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off
5474 || (!m->p_paddr_valid
5475 && p->p_paddr < (bfd_vma) off))
5478 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers,"
5479 " try linking with -N"),
5481 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5486 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5491 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5493 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5496 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
5498 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5502 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5503 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5504 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5508 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5509 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5512 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
5513 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
5517 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5518 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
5520 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
5526 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
5528 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5529 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5533 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5534 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5535 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5536 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5537 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5538 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5541 bfd_size_type align;
5542 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5545 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
5546 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
5548 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5549 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5550 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
5551 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
5552 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
5553 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
5555 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
5556 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
5557 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
5558 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
5562 || p_end < p_start))
5565 /* xgettext:c-format */
5566 (_("%B: section %A lma %#Lx adjusted to %#Lx"),
5567 abfd, sec, s_start, p_end);
5571 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5573 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5575 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
5577 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5578 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5580 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
5581 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
5585 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5589 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5591 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5595 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5596 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5597 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
5603 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5612 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5614 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5615 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5616 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5618 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5619 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
5620 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
5622 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5623 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5624 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5625 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5626 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5627 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5629 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
5631 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
5634 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5636 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5637 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5638 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5639 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5640 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5641 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5643 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5645 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5646 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5648 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5650 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
5651 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5654 if (align > p->p_align
5655 && !m->p_align_valid
5656 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5657 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
5661 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5664 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
5666 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
5673 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5674 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5675 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5677 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
5679 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
5680 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
5681 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
5682 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
5683 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
5684 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
5686 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5691 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5693 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5696 sec = m->sections[i];
5697 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
5698 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
5699 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
5702 /* xgettext:c-format */
5703 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5705 print_segment_map (m);
5711 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5715 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5718 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5719 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5721 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5722 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
5723 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
5724 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5725 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5726 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5727 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
5728 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
5729 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
5733 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5734 end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5735 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5736 for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
5738 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5741 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5742 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
5743 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5744 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
5745 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
5746 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5748 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
5750 /* xgettext:c-format */
5751 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5753 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
5755 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
5756 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5757 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
5758 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5761 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5763 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
5766 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5767 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5768 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5769 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5770 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5771 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
5772 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
5773 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
5774 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]
5775 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)])
5776 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5778 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5781 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5782 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5786 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5788 hdrs_segment = NULL;
5789 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5790 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5793 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5796 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5798 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5799 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5801 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5803 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5804 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5805 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5808 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5809 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5814 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
5816 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5817 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5818 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5820 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
5821 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
5822 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5823 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5825 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
5826 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5827 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5828 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
5831 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
5832 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5833 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
5835 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5836 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5845 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
5846 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
5850 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
5851 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5854 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5855 hash->def_regular = 1;
5860 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5862 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5864 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
5865 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
5867 if (link_info != NULL)
5869 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5871 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
5873 lm = lm->next, lp++)
5875 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5876 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
5878 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
5882 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5886 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5887 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5888 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5890 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5891 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5896 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5898 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5899 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5900 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5901 if (link_info != NULL)
5902 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5903 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5904 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5907 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5908 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5909 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5910 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5911 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5913 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5915 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5920 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5921 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5924 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5926 if (m->p_size_valid)
5927 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5929 else if (m->count != 0)
5933 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5934 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5935 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5937 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5938 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5939 if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR)
5945 if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
5947 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5949 (_("%B: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
5950 "and/or program header"),
5951 abfd, (int) (p - phdrs));
5956 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5957 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5959 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5960 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5961 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5963 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5970 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5972 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5973 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5974 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5976 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5978 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5979 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5980 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5984 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5989 static elf_section_list *
5990 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list)
5992 for (;list != NULL; list = list->next)
5998 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5999 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6000 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6002 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6003 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
6004 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
6005 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
6006 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
6007 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
6008 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6010 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6013 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
6014 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6016 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
6017 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6018 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6020 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
6021 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
6023 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6024 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
6025 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
6029 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6030 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
6032 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6033 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6034 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6035 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
6037 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6040 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
6041 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
6042 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6043 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
6044 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6045 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
6046 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
6047 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
6048 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)
6049 || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd))
6051 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
6054 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
6057 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6063 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6064 assignment of sections to segments. */
6065 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6068 /* And for non-load sections. */
6069 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6072 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
6074 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
6078 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6079 if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info))
6081 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
6082 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
6083 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
6085 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6086 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
6087 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
6088 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
6089 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6091 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6092 segments is non-zero. */
6094 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6097 /* Write out the program headers. */
6098 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
6100 /* Sort the program headers into the ordering required by the ELF standard. */
6104 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6105 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6106 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6107 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6108 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6109 catch all real world use cases.
6111 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6112 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6113 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6114 changed or the programs updated. */
6116 && tdata->phdr[0].p_type == PT_PHDR
6117 && ! bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc)
6118 && tdata->phdr[1].p_type == PT_LOAD
6119 && (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr > tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr
6120 || (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[1].p_memsz)
6121 < (tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[0].p_memsz)))
6123 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6124 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6125 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6126 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6127 %B: error: PHDR segment not covered by LOAD segment"),
6132 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6133 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
6141 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
6143 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6144 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
6145 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6147 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6149 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6150 if (shstrtab == NULL)
6153 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
6155 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
6156 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
6157 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
6158 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
6160 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
6161 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
6162 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
6163 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
6165 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6166 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
6167 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
6168 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6169 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
6170 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
6172 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
6174 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
6176 case bfd_arch_unknown:
6177 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
6180 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6181 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6182 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6183 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6184 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6185 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6186 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6187 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6189 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
6192 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
6193 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6195 /* No program header, for now. */
6196 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6197 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6198 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
6200 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6201 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
6202 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
6204 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6205 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
6206 /* It all happens later. */
6210 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6211 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6214 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
6215 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
6216 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
6217 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
6218 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
6219 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
6220 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6221 || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6222 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
6228 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6229 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6232 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
6235 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
6236 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
6237 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
6238 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6240 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
6242 shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6243 end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
6244 for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
6247 if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
6249 asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section;
6250 bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
6251 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
6253 || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
6257 const char *name = sec->name;
6258 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
6260 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6261 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec,
6265 if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6266 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0)
6268 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6269 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6271 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
6272 if (new_name == NULL)
6276 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6277 if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
6280 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6282 d = elf_section_data (sec);
6284 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6286 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6291 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6296 /* Update section size and contents. */
6297 shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
6298 shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
6299 shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
6301 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
6308 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6310 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6311 shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
6312 shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6313 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
6315 /* Place the section headers. */
6316 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6317 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6318 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
6319 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
6320 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
6321 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6327 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
6329 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6330 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
6332 unsigned int count, num_sec;
6333 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
6335 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6336 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6339 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6342 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
6346 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
6349 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6350 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
6351 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
6353 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name
6354 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6355 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name);
6356 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
6357 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
6358 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
6360 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
6362 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6363 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
6368 /* Write out the section header names. */
6369 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
6370 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
6371 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6372 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
6375 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
6376 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
6378 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
6381 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6382 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
6383 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
6389 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
6391 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6392 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
6395 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6398 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
6400 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6401 unsigned int sec_index;
6403 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
6404 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
6405 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
6407 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
6408 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
6409 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
6410 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
6411 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
6412 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
6414 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
6416 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6417 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
6419 int retval = sec_index;
6421 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
6425 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
6426 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
6431 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6435 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
6437 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
6439 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
6441 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6442 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6443 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6444 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6445 input sections rather than the output section. */
6446 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
6447 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6448 && asym_ptr->section)
6453 sec = asym_ptr->section;
6454 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
6455 sec = sec->output_section;
6456 if (sec->owner == abfd
6457 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
6458 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
6459 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
6462 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
6466 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6467 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6469 /* xgettext:c-format */
6470 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6471 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
6472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
6479 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6480 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags);
6488 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6491 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6493 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6494 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6495 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6496 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6497 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6500 unsigned int num_segments;
6501 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6502 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6503 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
6504 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
6505 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
6506 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6508 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6509 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6512 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6514 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6515 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
6517 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6518 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6519 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6520 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6522 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6523 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6524 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6525 ? section->size : 0)
6527 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6528 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6529 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6530 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6531 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6532 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6534 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6535 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6536 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6537 (section->lma >= base \
6538 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6539 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6541 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6542 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6543 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6544 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6545 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6546 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6547 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6549 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6551 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6553 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6557 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6558 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6559 p_memsz set to 0. */
6560 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6562 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6563 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6564 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6565 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6567 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6568 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6569 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6571 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6572 A section will be included if:
6573 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6574 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6575 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6577 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6578 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6579 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6580 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6581 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6582 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6583 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6584 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6585 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6586 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6587 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6588 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6589 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6590 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6591 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6592 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6593 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6594 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6595 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6596 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6597 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6598 || (segment->p_paddr \
6599 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6600 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6601 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6603 && !section->segment_mark)
6605 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6606 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6607 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6608 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6609 && section->output_section != NULL)
6611 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6612 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6613 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6615 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6616 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6617 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6618 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6619 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6621 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6622 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6623 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6624 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6625 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6627 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6628 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
6629 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6631 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6632 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6633 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6634 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6635 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6636 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6639 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6641 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6645 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6646 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6647 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6648 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6649 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6654 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
6656 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
6657 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
6658 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
6660 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6661 assignment code will work. */
6662 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
6666 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6668 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6669 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6670 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6674 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6675 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
6677 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
6679 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
6680 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
6683 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6684 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
6686 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6688 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
6689 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
6691 if (extra_length > 0)
6693 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
6694 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
6697 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6699 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6701 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6706 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6708 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
6709 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
6711 if (extra_length > 0)
6713 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
6714 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
6717 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
6722 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6723 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6727 unsigned int section_count;
6728 asection **sections;
6729 asection *output_section;
6731 bfd_vma matching_lma;
6732 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
6735 asection *first_section;
6736 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
6737 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
6739 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
6742 first_section = NULL;
6743 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6744 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6746 section = section->next)
6748 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6749 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6750 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6752 if (first_section == NULL)
6753 first_section = section;
6754 if (section->output_section != NULL)
6759 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6760 all of the sections we have selected. */
6761 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6762 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6763 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6767 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6768 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6770 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6771 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6772 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6774 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6775 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6777 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
6779 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6780 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6783 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6784 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6785 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6786 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6787 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6789 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6791 map->includes_phdrs =
6792 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6793 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6794 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6795 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6797 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6798 phdr_included = TRUE;
6801 if (section_count == 0)
6803 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6804 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6805 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6806 a warning is produced.
6807 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6808 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6809 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6810 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6811 && (segment->p_filesz > 0 || segment->p_memsz == 0))
6812 /* xgettext:c-format */
6813 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected"
6814 " at vaddr=%#Lx, is this intentional?"),
6815 ibfd, segment->p_vaddr);
6818 *pointer_to_map = map;
6819 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6824 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6825 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6826 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6827 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6829 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6830 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6833 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6834 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6835 of the first section.
6837 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6838 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6839 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6840 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6841 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6843 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6844 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6845 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6846 or segments to contain the other sections.
6848 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6849 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6850 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6852 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
6853 if (sections == NULL)
6856 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6857 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6858 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6859 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6860 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6865 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
6866 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6868 for (section = first_section, j = 0;
6870 section = section->next)
6872 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6874 output_section = section->output_section;
6876 sections[j++] = section;
6878 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6879 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6880 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6881 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6883 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
6884 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6886 && output_section->lma != 0
6887 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
6888 + (map->includes_filehdr
6891 + (map->includes_phdrs
6893 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6895 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6897 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6898 LMA address of the output section. */
6899 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6900 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
6901 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6902 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
6904 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
6906 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
6907 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
6910 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6911 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6913 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
6915 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6917 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6918 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6921 if (j == section_count)
6926 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
6928 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6930 if (isec == section_count)
6932 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6933 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6934 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6935 program header in the input BFD. */
6936 map->count = section_count;
6937 *pointer_to_map = map;
6938 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6941 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6942 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
6943 && !map->includes_filehdr
6944 && !map->includes_phdrs)
6945 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6946 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6948 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
6955 if (!first_matching_lma)
6957 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6958 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6959 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6960 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
6964 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6965 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6966 the LMA of the first section. */
6967 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6970 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6971 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6972 if (map->includes_filehdr)
6974 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
6975 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
6978 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
6979 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6983 if (map->includes_phdrs)
6985 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6987 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6989 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6990 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6991 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6992 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6993 offset when we know the correct value. */
6994 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
6995 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
6998 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
7002 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7003 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7004 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7005 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7006 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7007 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7014 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
7016 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7017 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
7019 section = sections[j];
7021 if (section == NULL)
7024 output_section = section->output_section;
7026 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
7028 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
7029 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
7031 if (map->count == 0)
7033 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7034 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7036 if (output_section->lma
7038 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
7039 + (map->includes_phdrs
7040 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
7048 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
7050 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7051 and the start of this section is more than
7052 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7053 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
7055 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
7056 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
7057 > output_section->lma))
7059 if (first_suggested_lma)
7061 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
7062 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
7069 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
7072 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
7074 else if (first_suggested_lma)
7076 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
7077 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
7081 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
7083 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7084 *pointer_to_map = map;
7085 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7087 if (isec < section_count)
7089 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7090 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7091 and carry on looping. */
7092 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7093 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7094 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7101 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7102 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7103 not yet been assigned. */
7105 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7106 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7107 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7108 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
7109 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7110 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
7111 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7114 while (isec < section_count);
7119 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7121 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7122 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7123 the offset if necessary. */
7124 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
7128 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
7131 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
7132 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
7133 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
7138 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7139 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7141 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7142 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7143 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7144 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7145 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7146 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7150 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7153 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7155 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
7156 struct elf_segment_map *map;
7157 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
7158 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
7159 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7161 unsigned int num_segments;
7162 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
7163 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
7165 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
7168 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
7170 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7171 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7172 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7173 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7174 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7177 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
7179 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
7183 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7188 unsigned int section_count;
7190 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7191 asection *first_section = NULL;
7192 asection *lowest_section;
7194 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7195 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
7197 section = section->next)
7199 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7200 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7202 if (first_section == NULL)
7203 first_section = section;
7208 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7209 all of the sections we have selected. */
7210 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7211 if (section_count != 0)
7212 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7213 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7217 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7220 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7221 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7222 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7223 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
7224 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7225 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
7226 map->p_align_valid = 1;
7227 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
7229 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
7230 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
7232 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7233 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7234 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7235 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7236 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7238 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
7239 map->p_size_valid = 1;
7242 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7243 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7244 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
7245 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
7247 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7248 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
7250 map->includes_phdrs =
7251 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7252 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
7253 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7254 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
7256 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
7257 phdr_included = TRUE;
7260 lowest_section = NULL;
7261 if (section_count != 0)
7263 unsigned int isec = 0;
7265 for (section = first_section;
7267 section = section->next)
7269 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7270 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7272 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
7273 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7277 if (lowest_section == NULL
7278 || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
7279 lowest_section = section;
7281 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7282 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7283 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7284 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7286 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7287 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
7289 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
7290 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
7291 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7293 if (isec == section_count)
7299 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
7300 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7301 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
7303 if (!map->includes_phdrs
7304 && !map->includes_filehdr
7305 && map->p_paddr_valid)
7306 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7307 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
7308 - segment->p_paddr);
7310 map->count = section_count;
7311 *pointer_to_map = map;
7312 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7315 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7319 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7323 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7325 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7326 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7329 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
7332 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7334 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7335 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7336 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7337 asection *section, *osec;
7338 unsigned int i, num_segments;
7339 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7340 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7342 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
7344 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7345 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
7348 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7349 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7350 section = section->next)
7351 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7353 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7354 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7358 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7359 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7360 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7361 map in this case. */
7362 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
7363 && segment->p_memsz == 0
7364 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
7367 for (section = ibfd->sections;
7368 section != NULL; section = section->next)
7370 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7371 from the input BFD. */
7372 osec = section->output_section;
7374 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
7376 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7377 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7378 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7380 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7381 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7383 || section->flags != osec->flags
7384 || section->lma != osec->lma
7385 || section->vma != osec->vma
7386 || section->size != osec->size
7387 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
7388 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
7394 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7396 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7397 section = section->next)
7399 if (!section->segment_mark)
7402 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7405 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7409 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7411 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7412 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7413 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7415 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7416 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
7418 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7421 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
7422 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
7424 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7425 if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
7426 /* xgettext:c-format */
7427 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: warning: segment alignment of %#Lx"
7429 ibfd, segment->p_align);
7431 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
7434 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
7435 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
7438 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7441 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7444 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7448 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
7451 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7452 bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL
7453 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info));
7455 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7456 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7459 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
7461 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7462 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7463 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7464 that the linker clears to differ. */
7465 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
7466 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
7468 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
7469 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
7470 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
7472 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7473 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7474 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
7476 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7477 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
7478 elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr.sh_info
7479 = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.sh_info;
7481 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7482 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7483 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7484 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7485 if ((link_info == NULL
7486 || !link_info->resolve_section_groups)
7487 && (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
7488 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
7490 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
7491 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
7492 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7493 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
7496 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7497 if (!final_link && (ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
7498 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7501 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7503 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7504 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7505 may be NULL at this point. */
7506 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
7508 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7509 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
7510 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
7513 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
7518 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7519 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7522 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7527 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7529 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7530 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7533 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7534 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7536 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
7538 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
7539 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
7540 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
7541 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
7542 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
7544 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
7548 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7549 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7550 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7551 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7552 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7556 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
7560 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
7561 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
7563 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7564 asection *s = first;
7565 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
7569 /* If this member section is being output but the
7570 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7571 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7572 if (s->output_section != discarded
7573 && isec->output_section == discarded)
7575 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
7576 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
7578 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7579 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7580 else if (s->output_section == discarded
7581 && isec->output_section != discarded)
7583 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
7589 if (discarded != NULL)
7591 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7592 adjust the input section size. This function may
7593 be called multiple times, so save the original
7595 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
7596 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
7597 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
7601 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7603 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
7611 /* Copy private header information. */
7614 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7616 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7617 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7620 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7621 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7622 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7623 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7624 already been worked out. */
7625 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
7627 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
7631 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
7634 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7635 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7636 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7637 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7638 swap_out_syms function. */
7640 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7641 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7642 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7643 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7644 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7647 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
7652 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
7654 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7655 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7658 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
7659 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
7662 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
7664 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
7668 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7669 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
7670 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
7671 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
7672 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
7673 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
7675 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
7676 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
7677 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)))
7678 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
7679 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7685 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7688 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
7689 struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp,
7692 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7695 struct elf_strtab_hash *stt;
7696 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7697 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
7698 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
7699 struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab;
7700 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
7701 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
7702 unsigned long outbound_syms_index;
7703 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index;
7705 unsigned int num_locals;
7707 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
7709 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
7712 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7713 stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7717 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7718 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
7719 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7720 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
7721 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7722 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
7723 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
7724 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
7726 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
7727 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7729 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7730 symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1)
7731 * sizeof (*symstrtab));
7732 if (symstrtab == NULL)
7734 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7738 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
7739 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
7740 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
7743 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7747 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
7748 outbound_syms_index = 0;
7750 outbound_shndx = NULL;
7751 outbound_shndx_index = 0;
7753 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7755 symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
7756 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
7758 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7759 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
7760 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
7761 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
7764 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
7765 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
7766 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
7767 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7768 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7770 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7773 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7775 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7776 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7782 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7783 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7784 symstrtab[0].sym = sym;
7785 symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7786 symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7787 outbound_syms_index++;
7788 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7789 outbound_shndx_index++;
7793 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7794 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
7796 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
7797 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;)
7799 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7800 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
7801 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
7802 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
7805 if (!name_local_sections
7806 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7808 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7809 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1;
7813 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7814 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7816 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name,
7818 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7822 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
7824 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
7825 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7827 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7828 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7829 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7830 sym.st_size = value;
7831 if (type_ptr == NULL
7832 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
7833 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
7835 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
7836 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7837 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
7841 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
7844 if (sec->output_section)
7846 value += sec->output_offset;
7847 sec = sec->output_section;
7850 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7851 if (! relocatable_p)
7853 sym.st_value = value;
7854 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
7856 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
7858 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
7860 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7861 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7862 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7863 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7867 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
7870 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
7873 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
7876 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
7879 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7880 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx;
7889 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
7891 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7895 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7896 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7897 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7898 demand of applications. For example, it
7899 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7900 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7901 actually in the output file. */
7902 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
7904 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
7905 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7907 /* xgettext:c-format */
7908 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7909 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7910 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
7912 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7918 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7921 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
7923 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
7924 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
7925 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
7927 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
7929 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
7931 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
7936 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
7939 /* Processor-specific types. */
7940 if (type_ptr != NULL
7941 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7942 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7943 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
7945 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7947 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7948 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
7950 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
7952 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7954 if (type != STT_TLS)
7956 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON))
7957 type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON)
7958 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7960 type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0
7961 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7963 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
7965 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
7966 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
7970 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
7971 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
7974 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
7976 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
7978 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
7979 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
7980 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
7982 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7985 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
7988 if (type_ptr != NULL)
7990 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
7991 sym.st_target_internal
7992 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
7997 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
8001 symstrtab[idx].sym = sym;
8002 symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
8003 symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
8005 outbound_syms_index++;
8006 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
8007 outbound_shndx_index++;
8010 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8011 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt);
8013 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8014 for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++)
8016 struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx];
8017 if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
8018 elfsym->sym.st_name = 0;
8020 elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt,
8021 elfsym->sym.st_name);
8022 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym,
8024 + (elfsym->dest_index
8025 * bed->s->sizeof_sym)),
8027 + (elfsym->destshndx_index
8028 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx))));
8033 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt);
8034 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
8035 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
8036 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
8037 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
8038 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
8039 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
8040 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
8045 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8047 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8048 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8049 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8052 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8056 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8058 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8059 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8061 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8067 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8071 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
8073 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8075 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8079 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8080 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8082 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8088 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8091 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
8094 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8097 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8104 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8106 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
8109 tblptr = section->relocation;
8110 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
8111 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
8115 return section->reloc_count;
8119 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
8121 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8122 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
8125 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8130 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8131 asymbol **allocation)
8133 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8134 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
8137 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8141 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8142 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8143 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8144 dynamic reloc section. */
8147 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8152 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8154 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8158 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
8159 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8160 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8161 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8162 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8163 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
8164 * sizeof (arelent *));
8169 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8170 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8171 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8172 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8173 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8174 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8175 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8178 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8182 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8186 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8188 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8192 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8194 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8196 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8197 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8198 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8203 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
8205 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
8207 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
8218 /* Read in the version information. */
8221 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
8223 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8224 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
8226 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
8228 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8229 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
8230 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
8232 bfd_byte *contents_end;
8234 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
8236 if (hdr->sh_info == 0
8237 || hdr->sh_info > hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
8239 error_return_bad_verref:
8241 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
8242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8243 error_return_verref:
8244 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
8245 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
8249 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8250 if (contents == NULL)
8251 goto error_return_verref;
8253 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8254 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8255 goto error_return_verref;
8257 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
8258 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
8260 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
8261 goto error_return_verref;
8263 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
8264 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
8265 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
8266 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
8267 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
8268 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
8270 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
8271 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
8274 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
8276 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
8278 iverneed->vn_filename =
8279 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8281 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
8282 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8284 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
8285 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
8288 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
8289 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
8290 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
8291 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
8292 goto error_return_verref;
8295 if (iverneed->vn_aux
8296 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8297 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8299 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8300 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
8301 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
8302 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
8304 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
8306 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
8307 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8308 ivernaux->vna_name);
8309 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
8310 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8312 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
8313 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
8315 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
8316 if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
8318 iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
8321 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
8322 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
8324 if (ivernaux->vna_next
8325 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
8326 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8328 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8329 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
8332 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
8333 if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
8335 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
8336 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
8338 if (iverneed->vn_next
8339 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8340 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8342 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
8343 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
8345 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
8351 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
8353 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8354 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
8355 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8356 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
8357 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
8359 unsigned int maxidx;
8360 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
8362 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
8364 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
8366 error_return_bad_verdef:
8368 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
8369 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8370 error_return_verdef:
8371 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
8372 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
8376 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8377 if (contents == NULL)
8378 goto error_return_verdef;
8379 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8380 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8381 goto error_return_verdef;
8383 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
8384 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
8385 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
8386 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
8387 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
8388 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
8390 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8391 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8393 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8395 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
8397 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8399 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
8400 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8401 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
8402 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
8404 if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
8407 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
8408 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8409 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8411 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8412 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
8415 if (default_imported_symver)
8417 if (freeidx > maxidx)
8423 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8424 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8425 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8426 goto error_return_verdef;
8428 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
8430 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8431 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
8432 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
8434 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
8435 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8438 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8440 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
8441 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8443 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
8444 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd));
8446 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8448 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
8449 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
8452 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8453 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
8454 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
8455 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8456 goto error_return_verdef;
8460 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8461 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8463 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8464 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
8465 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8466 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
8468 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
8470 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
8471 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8472 iverdaux->vda_name);
8473 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
8474 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8476 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
8477 if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
8479 iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
8482 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
8483 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
8485 if (iverdaux->vda_next
8486 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
8487 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8489 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8490 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
8493 iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL;
8494 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
8495 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
8497 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8498 if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
8500 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
8501 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
8503 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8504 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
8510 else if (default_imported_symver)
8517 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8518 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8519 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8522 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
8525 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8526 if (default_imported_symver)
8528 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8529 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8531 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
8533 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
8534 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
8535 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
8536 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
8538 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8540 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
8541 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
8542 goto error_return_verdef;
8543 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8544 iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8545 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
8546 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8547 goto error_return_verdef;
8549 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8550 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
8556 if (contents != NULL)
8562 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
8564 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
8566 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym);
8569 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
8570 return &newsym->symbol;
8574 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8578 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
8581 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8582 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8586 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8589 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8590 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
8593 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8594 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8595 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
8598 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8599 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8600 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8602 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8603 we treat such symbols as local. */
8604 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
8607 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8608 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8609 These labels have the form:
8611 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8613 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8615 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8616 so we only need to match the rest. */
8617 if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1]))
8619 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
8623 for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++)
8625 if (c == 1 || c == 2)
8627 if (c == 1 && p == name + 2)
8628 /* A fake symbol. */
8631 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8632 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8633 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8634 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8635 other than some kind of local ? */
8652 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8653 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8660 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
8661 enum bfd_architecture arch,
8662 unsigned long machine)
8664 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8665 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8666 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
8667 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
8668 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
8671 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
8674 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8675 for error reporting. */
8678 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
8682 const char **filename_ptr,
8683 const char **functionname_ptr,
8684 unsigned int *line_ptr,
8685 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
8689 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
8690 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8691 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
8692 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8693 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
8694 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8695 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8698 if (!*functionname_ptr)
8699 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8700 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
8705 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8706 &found, filename_ptr,
8707 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8708 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
8710 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
8713 if (symbols == NULL)
8716 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8717 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
8724 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8727 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
8728 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
8730 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
8731 filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
8732 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8733 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8736 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8737 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8738 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8739 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8740 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8743 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
8744 const char **filename_ptr,
8745 const char **functionname_ptr,
8746 unsigned int *line_ptr)
8749 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
8750 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8751 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8756 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8758 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8759 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
8761 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8763 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
8765 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
8767 struct elf_segment_map *m;
8770 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
8771 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
8774 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
8777 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
8785 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
8787 const void *location,
8789 bfd_size_type count)
8791 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8794 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
8795 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
8801 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
8802 if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
8804 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8805 unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents;
8806 if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size
8807 || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0
8808 || contents == NULL)
8810 memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
8813 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
8814 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
8815 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
8822 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8823 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8824 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8829 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8832 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
8834 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8836 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
8838 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
8839 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8841 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8842 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8844 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
8846 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8849 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
8852 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
8855 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
8858 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
8861 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
8864 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
8870 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8872 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
8874 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
8875 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
8877 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8882 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8888 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
8891 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
8894 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
8897 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
8900 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
8906 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8910 areloc->howto = howto;
8919 /* xgettext:c-format */
8920 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8921 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
8922 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8927 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
8929 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
8930 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
8932 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
8933 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
8934 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8937 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
8940 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8941 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8942 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8945 bfd_reloc_status_type
8946 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8947 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8948 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8949 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8950 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8952 return bfd_reloc_ok;
8955 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8956 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8957 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8958 out details about the corefile. */
8960 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8961 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8962 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8963 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8966 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8967 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8970 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
8974 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
8976 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
8981 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8982 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8983 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8987 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
8991 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
8994 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
8998 sect2->size = sect->size;
8999 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
9000 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
9004 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9005 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9006 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9007 such a section already exists.
9008 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9009 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9010 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9012 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
9018 char *threaded_name;
9022 /* Build the section name. */
9024 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9025 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9026 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9027 if (threaded_name == NULL)
9029 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
9031 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
9036 sect->filepos = filepos;
9037 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9039 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
9042 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9044 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9048 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9051 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9056 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
9060 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9061 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
9062 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9064 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9065 has already been set by another thread. */
9066 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9067 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9068 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9069 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9071 /* pr_who exists on:
9074 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9077 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9078 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9080 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9083 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9084 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
9086 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9087 prstatus32_t prstat;
9089 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9090 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
9091 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9093 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9094 has already been set by another thread. */
9095 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9096 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9097 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9098 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9100 /* pr_who exists on:
9103 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9106 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9107 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9109 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9112 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9115 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9116 note size (ie. data object type). */
9120 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9121 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
9122 size, note->descpos + offset);
9124 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9126 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9128 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
9130 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9132 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
9133 note->descsz, note->descpos);
9136 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9137 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9138 data structure apart. */
9141 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9143 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9146 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9147 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9151 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9153 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
9156 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9157 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9158 contents literally. */
9161 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9163 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
9167 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9169 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
9173 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9175 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
9179 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9181 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
9185 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9187 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
9191 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9193 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
9197 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9199 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
9203 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9205 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
9209 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9211 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
9215 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9217 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
9221 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9223 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
9227 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9229 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
9233 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9235 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
9239 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9241 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
9245 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9247 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note);
9251 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9253 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note);
9257 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9259 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
9263 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9265 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
9269 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9271 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
9275 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9277 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
9280 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9281 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9282 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9283 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9287 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9288 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9289 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9290 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9294 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9295 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9296 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9299 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
9302 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
9310 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
9314 memcpy (dups, start, len);
9320 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9322 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9324 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
9326 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
9328 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9330 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9331 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9333 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9334 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9335 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9337 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9338 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9339 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9341 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9342 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
9344 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9345 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
9347 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9349 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9350 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9352 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9353 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9354 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9356 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9357 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9358 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9364 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9365 note size (ie. data object type). */
9369 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9370 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9371 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9374 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
9375 int n = strlen (command);
9377 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
9378 command[n - 1] = '\0';
9383 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9385 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9387 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9389 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
9390 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9391 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
9397 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9399 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9401 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9402 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
9404 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9407 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9409 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9412 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9413 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9414 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9418 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9420 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9422 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9424 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9430 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
9431 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9432 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
9437 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
9439 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
9440 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9442 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9443 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
9445 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9447 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9448 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9449 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9452 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9454 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9458 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9459 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9460 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9461 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9464 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9465 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
9466 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
9469 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9471 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9474 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9476 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9477 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9478 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9481 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9483 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9487 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9488 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9489 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9490 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9493 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9494 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
9495 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
9498 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9500 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
9502 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9505 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9512 int is_active_thread;
9515 if (note->descsz < 728)
9518 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
9521 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
9525 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9526 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9527 /* process_info.pid */
9528 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9529 /* process_info.signal */
9530 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
9533 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9534 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9535 /* thread_info.tid */
9536 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
9538 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9539 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9543 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9545 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9549 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9551 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9552 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
9553 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9555 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9556 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9558 if (is_active_thread)
9559 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9563 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9564 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9565 /* module_info.base_address */
9566 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
9567 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
9569 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9570 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9574 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9576 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9581 sect->size = note->descsz;
9582 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9583 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9594 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9596 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9604 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
9605 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
9607 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9608 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
9613 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9615 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
9618 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9620 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
9623 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9624 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
9626 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
9627 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
9629 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
9630 if (note->namesz == 6
9631 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9632 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
9636 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9637 if (note->namesz == 6
9638 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9639 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9644 if (note->namesz == 6
9645 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9646 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
9651 if (note->namesz == 6
9652 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9653 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
9657 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
9658 if (note->namesz == 6
9659 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9660 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
9665 if (note->namesz == 6
9666 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9667 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
9671 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
9672 if (note->namesz == 6
9673 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9674 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
9678 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
9679 if (note->namesz == 6
9680 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9681 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
9686 if (note->namesz == 6
9687 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9688 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
9692 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
9693 if (note->namesz == 6
9694 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9695 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
9699 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
9700 if (note->namesz == 6
9701 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9702 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
9706 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
9707 if (note->namesz == 6
9708 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9709 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
9714 if (note->namesz == 6
9715 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9716 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
9720 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
9721 if (note->namesz == 6
9722 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9723 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
9727 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
9728 if (note->namesz == 6
9729 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9730 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
9735 if (note->namesz == 6
9736 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9737 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd, note);
9742 if (note->namesz == 6
9743 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9744 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd, note);
9749 if (note->namesz == 6
9750 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9751 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
9756 if (note->namesz == 6
9757 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9758 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
9762 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
9763 if (note->namesz == 6
9764 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9765 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
9769 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
9770 if (note->namesz == 6
9771 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9772 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
9778 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
9779 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
9781 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9782 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
9789 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9794 sect->size = note->descsz;
9795 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9796 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9802 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9806 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9813 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9815 struct bfd_build_id* build_id;
9817 if (note->descsz == 0)
9820 build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
9821 if (build_id == NULL)
9824 build_id->size = note->descsz;
9825 memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9826 abfd->build_id = build_id;
9832 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9839 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0:
9840 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd, note);
9842 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
9843 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
9848 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9850 struct sdt_note *cur =
9851 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
9854 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
9855 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
9856 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9858 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
9864 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9869 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
9877 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9881 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
9884 if (note->descsz < 108)
9889 if (note->descsz < 120)
9897 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9898 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
9903 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9904 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
9908 offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9912 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9913 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9914 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 17);
9917 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9918 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9919 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 81);
9922 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9925 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9926 if (note->descsz < offset + 4)
9929 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9930 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9936 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9942 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
9943 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
9944 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
9948 min_size = offset + (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
9952 offset = 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
9953 min_size = offset + (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
9960 if (note->descsz < min_size)
9963 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9964 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
9967 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
9968 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
9969 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
9971 size = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9976 size = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9980 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
9983 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
9984 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9985 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9986 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9989 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
9990 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
9991 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9994 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
9995 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
9998 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
9999 if ((note->descsz - offset) < size)
10002 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10003 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
10004 size, note->descpos + offset);
10008 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10010 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10012 switch (note->type)
10015 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus)
10016 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus) (abfd, note))
10018 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd, note);
10021 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
10024 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd, note);
10026 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC:
10027 if (note->namesz == 8)
10028 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note);
10032 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC:
10033 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10036 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES:
10037 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10040 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP:
10041 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10044 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV:
10046 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
10051 sect->size = note->descsz - 4;
10052 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 4;
10053 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10058 case NT_X86_XSTATE:
10059 if (note->namesz == 8)
10060 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
10064 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO:
10065 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10069 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
10077 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
10081 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
10084 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
10091 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10093 if (note->descsz <= 0x7c + 31)
10096 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10097 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
10098 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
10100 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10101 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
10102 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
10104 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10105 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
10106 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
10108 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10113 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10117 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
10118 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
10120 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
10122 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10123 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10124 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10125 creates a core file. */
10127 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10130 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10131 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10132 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10135 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
10139 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
10141 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10142 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10144 case bfd_arch_alpha:
10145 case bfd_arch_sparc:
10146 switch (note->type)
10148 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
10149 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10151 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
10152 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10158 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10159 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10162 switch (note->type)
10164 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
10165 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10167 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
10168 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10178 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10180 if (note->descsz <= 0x48 + 31)
10183 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10184 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
10185 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
10187 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10188 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
10189 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
10191 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10192 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
10193 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
10199 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10201 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
10202 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10204 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
10205 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10207 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
10208 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10210 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
10211 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
10213 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
10215 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
10220 sect->size = note->descsz;
10221 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10222 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10227 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
10229 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
10234 sect->size = note->descsz;
10235 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10236 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10245 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
10247 void *ddata = note->descdata;
10254 if (note->descsz < 16)
10257 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10258 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
10260 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10261 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
10263 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10264 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
10266 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10267 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
10269 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
10270 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10273 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10274 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10275 thread just in case. */
10276 if (flags & 0x00000080)
10277 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10279 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10280 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
10282 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10285 strcpy (name, buf);
10287 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10291 sect->size = note->descsz;
10292 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10293 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10295 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
10299 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
10300 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
10308 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10309 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
10311 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10314 strcpy (name, buf);
10316 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10320 sect->size = note->descsz;
10321 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10322 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10324 /* This is the current thread. */
10325 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
10326 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
10331 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10332 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10333 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10334 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10337 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10339 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10340 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10342 static long tid = 1;
10344 switch (note->type)
10346 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
10347 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
10348 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
10349 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
10350 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
10351 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
10352 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
10353 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
10360 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10366 /* Use note name as section name. */
10367 len = note->namesz;
10368 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
10371 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
10372 name[len - 1] = '\0';
10374 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10378 sect->size = note->descsz;
10379 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10380 sect->alignment_power = 1;
10385 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10388 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10392 size of data for note
10394 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10395 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10396 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10397 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10400 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10403 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
10411 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
10418 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
10420 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
10422 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
10425 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
10426 *bufsiz += newspace;
10427 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
10428 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
10429 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
10430 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
10434 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
10442 memcpy (dest, input, size);
10453 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
10457 const char *psargs)
10459 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10461 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10464 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10465 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
10470 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10471 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10472 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10474 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10476 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10479 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10482 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10483 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10484 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10485 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10486 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10491 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10493 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10496 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10499 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10500 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10501 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10502 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10503 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10505 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10512 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10513 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10514 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10516 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16)
10518 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data;
10520 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10521 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
10522 &data, sizeof (data));
10526 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data;
10528 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10529 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
10530 &data, sizeof (data));
10535 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10536 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10537 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10539 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16)
10541 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data;
10543 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10544 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10545 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
10549 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data;
10551 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10552 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10553 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
10558 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
10565 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10567 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10570 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10572 pid, cursig, gregs);
10577 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10578 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10579 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10581 prstatus32_t prstat;
10583 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10584 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10585 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10586 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10587 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10588 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10595 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10596 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10597 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10598 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10599 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10600 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10602 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10608 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10610 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
10617 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
10618 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10620 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
10621 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
10622 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10623 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10624 memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
10625 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10626 #if !defined(gregs)
10627 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
10628 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
10630 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
10631 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
10634 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10635 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
10637 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10639 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10641 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
10645 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10646 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10648 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10649 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10650 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10652 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10656 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10657 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10658 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10659 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10667 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10668 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10669 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10670 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10674 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10677 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10680 const void *fpregs,
10683 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10684 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10685 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
10689 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10692 const void *xfpregs,
10695 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10696 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10697 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
10701 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10702 const void *xfpregs, int size)
10705 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
10706 note_name = "FreeBSD";
10708 note_name = "LINUX";
10709 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10710 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
10714 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
10717 const void *ppc_vmx,
10720 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10721 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10722 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
10726 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
10729 const void *ppc_vsx,
10732 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10733 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10734 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
10738 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
10741 const void *s390_high_gprs,
10744 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10745 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10746 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
10747 s390_high_gprs, size);
10751 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
10754 const void *s390_timer,
10757 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10758 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10759 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
10763 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
10766 const void *s390_todcmp,
10769 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10770 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10771 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
10775 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
10778 const void *s390_todpreg,
10781 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10782 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10783 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
10787 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
10790 const void *s390_ctrs,
10793 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10794 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10795 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
10799 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
10802 const void *s390_prefix,
10805 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10806 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10807 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
10811 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
10814 const void *s390_last_break,
10817 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10818 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10819 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
10820 s390_last_break, size);
10824 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
10827 const void *s390_system_call,
10830 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10831 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10832 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
10833 s390_system_call, size);
10837 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
10840 const void *s390_tdb,
10843 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10844 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10845 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
10849 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
10852 const void *s390_vxrs_low,
10855 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10856 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10857 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
10861 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
10864 const void *s390_vxrs_high,
10867 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10868 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10869 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
10870 s390_vxrs_high, size);
10874 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd,
10877 const void *s390_gs_cb,
10880 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10881 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10882 note_name, NT_S390_GS_CB,
10887 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd,
10890 const void *s390_gs_bc,
10893 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10894 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10895 note_name, NT_S390_GS_BC,
10900 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
10903 const void *arm_vfp,
10906 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10907 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10908 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
10912 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
10915 const void *aarch_tls,
10918 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10919 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10920 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
10924 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
10927 const void *aarch_hw_break,
10930 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10931 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10932 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
10936 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
10939 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
10942 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10943 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10944 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
10948 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
10951 const char *section,
10955 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
10956 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10957 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10958 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10959 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10960 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10961 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10962 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10963 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10964 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10965 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10966 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10967 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10968 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10969 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10970 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10971 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10972 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10973 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10974 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10975 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10976 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10977 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10978 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10979 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10980 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10981 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10982 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10983 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10984 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10985 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10986 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10987 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
10988 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10989 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
10990 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10991 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10992 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10993 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10994 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10995 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10996 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10997 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10998 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11003 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset,
11008 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11009 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11010 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11011 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11016 while (p < buf + size)
11018 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
11019 Elf_Internal_Note in;
11021 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
11024 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
11026 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
11027 in.namedata = xnp->name;
11028 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
11031 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
11032 in.descdata = p + ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in.namesz, align);
11033 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
11035 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
11036 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
11039 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
11046 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11049 const char * string;
11051 bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
11055 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
11056 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note),
11057 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
11058 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
11059 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
11060 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note)
11062 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11065 for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
11067 if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
11068 && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
11069 grokers[i].len) == 0)
11071 if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
11080 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
11082 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
11085 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
11086 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
11088 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
11094 p += ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in.namesz, in.descsz, align);
11101 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size,
11106 if (size == 0 || (size + 1) == 0)
11109 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
11112 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1);
11116 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11117 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11120 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
11121 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset, align))
11131 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11133 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11134 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11135 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11138 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
11140 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
11142 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
11146 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
11149 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11150 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11151 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11152 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11154 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11155 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11158 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
11162 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
11164 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
11168 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
11169 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
11170 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
11175 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11176 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11177 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11178 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11180 return reloc_class_normal;
11183 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11184 relocation against a local symbol. */
11187 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
11188 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11190 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
11192 asection *sec = *psec;
11193 bfd_vma relocation;
11195 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
11196 + sec->output_offset
11198 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
11199 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
11200 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11203 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11204 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11205 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
11208 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11209 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11210 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11211 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11212 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11213 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
11214 sec->kept_section = *psec;
11217 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
11218 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
11224 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
11225 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11229 asection *sec = *psec;
11231 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11232 return sym->st_value + addend;
11234 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11235 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11236 sym->st_value + addend);
11239 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11240 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11241 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11242 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11246 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
11247 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11251 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
11253 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
11254 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11256 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
11257 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
11260 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
11262 /* Reverse the offset. */
11263 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11264 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
11266 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11267 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11268 offset = (sec->size - address_size) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) - offset;
11274 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11275 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11276 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11277 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11278 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11279 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11281 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11282 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11283 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11284 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11285 the remote memory. */
11288 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11291 bfd_size_type size,
11292 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
11293 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
11295 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
11296 (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
11300 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
11301 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11302 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11307 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11310 const char *relplt_name;
11311 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
11315 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
11321 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
11324 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
11327 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
11330 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
11331 if (relplt_name == NULL)
11332 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11333 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
11334 if (relplt == NULL)
11337 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
11338 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
11339 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
11342 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
11346 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
11347 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
11350 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
11351 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
11352 p = relplt->relocation;
11353 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11355 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
11356 if (p->addend != 0)
11359 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
11361 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11366 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
11370 names = (char *) (s + count);
11371 p = relplt->relocation;
11373 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11378 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
11379 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
11382 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
11383 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11384 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11385 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
11386 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
11387 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
11389 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
11392 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
11393 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
11395 if (p->addend != 0)
11399 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11400 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11401 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
11402 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
11405 memcpy (names, a, len);
11408 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11409 names += sizeof ("@plt");
11416 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11417 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11418 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
11419 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
11420 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section);
11421 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11422 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, &lcomm_sym,
11423 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON);
11426 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
11427 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11429 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11431 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
11433 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
11435 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11436 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11437 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11438 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11439 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
11440 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
11444 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11445 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11446 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11449 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
11451 return (type == STT_FUNC
11452 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
11455 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11456 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11457 otherwise return zero. */
11460 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
11463 bfd_size_type size;
11465 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
11466 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
11467 || sym->section != sec)
11470 *code_off = sym->value;
11472 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
11473 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;